31
HS-PDSCH: High speed physical downlink shared channel 2.1 HS-PDSCH: High speed physical downlink shared channel This channel transports the physical downlink traffic to the UEs and uses a shared concept, i.e. there can be several UEs receiving data on the common used channel. Fig. 2-3 below outlines the structure of the HS-PDSCH. J Spreading factor 16 J Assignment of multiple channelization codes to one UE possible Slot 0  Slot 1  Slot 2 T slot  = 2560 chips  HS-DSCH: transport channel with user data 1 subframe of 3 slots: 2 ms HS-PDSCH: physical channel 320 bits for QPSK, 640 bits for 16QAM Fig. 2-3 HS-PDSCH structure. Source: [TS 25.211, Ref. 20], reproduced by permission of 3GPP. The HS-PDSCH always uses a spreading factor of 16. Due to its shared channel structure, the WCDMA Rel-99 concept of a variable spreading factor must be discontinued. Multiple channelization code allocation is possible to increase the throughput. Using a spreading factor of 16 rep- resents an optimization of the efficiency. Recalling the effect of code blocking in WCDMA with the CPICH and P-CCPCH always blocking the codes C ch,SF,0,  it is clear that the definition of a constant spreading factor of 16 represents a good compromise between reduced signaling effort (i.e. if a spreading factor >16 were used, the higher layer proto- cols would require more signaling overhead to indicate the amount of multiple codes) and the total available physical resources (i.e. if a spreading factor <16 were used, the code blocking effect would reduce the remaining capacity within a cell). A side effect is that the spreading factor itself is not signaled to the UE, and only the number of codes is contained in the control information. The physical channel HS-PDSCH carries a transport block that is delivered by the transport channel HS-DSCH within a T TI of 2 ms. This time is also constant and no flex- ibility is allowed. The flexible values on the HS-PDSCH are the modu- lation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) and the transport block size, i.e. the

hspa_e_lp

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 130

HS-PDSCH High speed physical downlink shared channel

29

21 HS-PDSCH High speed physical downlink shared channel

This channel transports the physical downlink traffic to the UEs anduses a shared concept ie there can be several UEs receiving data on

the common used channel Fig 2-3 below outlines the structure of the

HS-PDSCH

J Spreading factor 16J Assignment of multiple channelization codes to one UE possible

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

HS-DSCHtransport channelwith user data

1 subframe of 3 slots 2 ms

HS-PDSCHphysical channel

320 bits for QPSK 640 bits for 16QAM

Fig 2-3 HS-PDSCH structure

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The HS-PDSCH always uses a spreading factor of 16 Due to its shared

channel structure the WCDMA Rel-99 concept of a variable spreading

factor must be discontinued Multiple channelization code allocation is

possible to increase the throughput Using a spreading factor of 16 rep-

resents an optimization of the efficiency Recalling the effect of code

blocking in WCDMA with the CPICH and P-CCPCH always blockingthe codes CchSF0 it is clear that the definition of a constant spreading

factor of 16 represents a good compromise between reduced signaling

effort (ie if a spreading factor gt16 were used the higher layer proto-

cols would require more signaling overhead to indicate the amount of

multiple codes) and the total available physical resources (ie if a

spreading factor lt16 were used the code blocking effect would reduce

the remaining capacity within a cell) A side effect is that the spreading

factor itself is not signaled to the UE and only the number of codes iscontained in the control information The physical channel HS-PDSCH

carries a transport block that is delivered by the transport channel

HS-DSCH within a TTI of 2 ms This time is also constant and no flex-

ibility is allowed The flexible values on the HS-PDSCH are the modu-

lation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) and the transport block size ie the

amount of data bits contained in one HS-DSCH transport block This

is set by the puncturing scheme and indicated as the redundancy ver-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 230

30

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sion Additionally the redundancy version can be changed meaning

the puncturing procedure can be executed in different ways If the UE

category allows HS-DSCH transport blocks can be scheduled to theUE continuously ie in every TTI Less complex UEs corresponding to

a lower UE category can only process data received in every second or

even every third TTI This is described by the so-called inter-TTI dis-

tance parameter see section 28 page 79 for further details An

inter-TTI distance of 1 corresponds to continuous HS-PDSCH trans-

mission (assuming data is available for transmission) An example of

the maximum amount of multiple channelization codes used for

HS-PDSCH is shown in Fig 2-4 Here all of the 15 possible channeliza-

tion codes for spreading factor 16 are assigned but as can be seen this

already occupies most of the available resources provided by the NodeB

SF = 1 SF = 2 SF = 4 SF = 8 SF = 16 SF = 32 SF = 64 SF = 128 SF = 256

20

21

4080

160320

640

12802561

161

81

41

42

43

10

641

1281

hellip

82

83

2560All possible HS-PDSCH codes

Possible HS-SCCH codes (example)

CPICH

P-CCPCHBlocked

2563

2562

1282

12832567

2566

2565

2564

321

642

12842569

643

128525611

25610

1286

128725615

25614

25613

25612

2568

6462

128124256249

6463

128125256251

256250

128126

128127256255

256254

256253

256252

2562483230

3231

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

16984

851610

1611

1612

161386

871614

1615

hellip

Fig 2-4 Example of HS-PDSCH code allocation maximum allocation

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

31

Additional physical layer parameters applied by the HS-PDSCH are for

example the constellation rearrangement retransmission indication

and redundancy version see section 223 page 44 for further details

22 HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel

transport channel

In this book we would like to distinguish between different types of

channels such as the physical transport and logical channels A log-

ical channel is defined by what type of information is sent a physical

channel is defined by its physical characteristics and a transport chan-

nel describes how the information is formatted HSDPA defines a new

transport channel known as the HS-DSCH which provides a higher

data rate due to its larger transport block sizes and allows flexible chan-

nel coding compared to the existing transport channels in WCDMA

Rel-99 This means the HS-DSCH may use different redundancy ver-

sions with various ways of puncturing This section discusses somecharacteristics of the transport format used on this channel type The

total coding chain is outlined in Fig 2-5

Data arrives at the coding unit at amaximum rate of one transportblock per transmission time interval

CRC attachment to

each transport block

Bit scrambling

Code block segmentation

Channel codingTurbo coding rate 13

Physical layer hybridARQ functionality

Physical channel mapping

Constellationrearrangement for

16QAM

HS-DSCH interleaving

Physical channelsegmentation

PhCH 1 PhCH P

Fig 2-5 Coding chain of HS-DSCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 430

32

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

The data arriving here is represented by a MAC-hs PDU a protocol

data unit coming from the MAC layer and representing a transport

block that is sent once every transmit time interval of 2 ms The firststep in the coding chain is the attachment of a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) with a length of 24 bits to the transport block In HSDPA the

CRC is used for error detection and the ACK NACK feedback sent by

the UE is based on the CRC status The next step involving bit scram-

bling uses a bitwise XOR combination of the input bits with a pseudo-

random bit sequence to randomize the data and avoid long sequences

of constant bits that can prevent proper decoding This is a precon-

dition for the turbo coder performed two steps later To speed up the

channel coding process and for memory reasons the turbo coder has a

maximum limit of 5114 input bits If the transport block is larger than

5114 bits it will be split into several parallel coding segments and chan-

nel coding will be performed in a parallel architecture HSDPA uses

the turbo coding principle with a code rate of ⅓ ie for one input bit

the turbo coder generates three output bits Turbo coding generates

systematic bits representing the input along with two groups of par-ity bits [Ref 12] They are handled separately particularly in the sub-

sequent puncturing process The step physical layer HARQ functional-

ity represents several puncturing and buffering procedures It includes

a two-stage rate adaptation to the subsequent HS-PDSCH formats see

Fig 2-6 The redundancy version signaled on HS-SCCH controls this

process A first step separates the bits into systematic and parity bits a

first rate matching step constrains the bit sequence to the size of the virtual IR buffer which is needed for optional retransmissions and

a second rate matching step linked to the adaptive coding technique

punctures a certain number of bits The decision on how many bits to

puncture and what bits to puncture is indicated as the redundancy ver-

sion This involves the principles of chase combining and incremen-

tal redundancy as explained in section 222 page 41 The size of the

virtual IR buffer depends on the UE category

Systematicbits

Separation of bits1st rate matching

Turbocoderoutput

Parity bits 1

Parity bits 2

HS-PDSCH

Redundancy version

Virtual IR buffer

2nd rate

matching

Fig 2-6 Basic principle of HARQ functionality on HS-PDSCH

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

33

After the HARQ functionality step the remaining bits are segmented

into parallel streams due to the fact that the physical layer in HSDPA can

use several channelization codes for the physical channel HS-PDSCHDepending on the physical layer status which involves how many chan-

nelization codes can be used for transmission this step divides the data

into parallel streams Another step for error protection is the avoidance

of bundled errors Here the data sent in parallel HS-PDSCH codes is

interleaved to provide an interleaving gain to the channel decoder If

the 16QAM modulation scheme is used the following step of constel-

lation mapping will set a mapping scheme for which bits are mapped to

which modulation symbol The various constellation mapping schemes

are shown in Fig 2-15 page 45 Finally the resulting modulation

symbols must be mapped onto the physical channel ie they are first

spread with a channelization code having spreading factor 16 then

they are scrambled by using the NodeB specific primary or secondary

scrambling code and finally they are mapped on the carrier frequency

221 Brief digression into channel coding

Since channel coding is a substantial feature of HSPA a short digres-

sion into general aspects of channel coding is included here to help the

reader understand the procedures used in HSPA It is not the inten-

tion of this book to discuss channel coding in detail Interested read-

ers can seek out relevant literature on this topic eg [Ref 9] [Ref 10][Ref 11] and [Ref 14] HSDPA channel coding comprises block cod-

ing with CRC for error detection turbo coding for error correction

and interleaving to mitigate error bursts Channel coding is performed

in this order at the data source and in the reverse order at the data

sink Fig 2-7 below provides an overview of channel coding and its

components

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 630

34

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Error detection

addedJ Block codingJ CRC attachmentJ Parity bits

Redundancy added

for error correctionForward errorcorrection (FEC) by J Convolutional codingJ Turbo coding

Rate matching

J PuncturingJ Repetition

Inter-

leaving

Deinter-leaving

Error correctionConvolutionaldecodingJ

Turbo decoding

Error detectionJ CRC check J Parity check

Transmitting end

Receiving end

Fig 2-7 General channel coding components example

Error detection ndash Example with block coding

Generally known as outer loop error correction this step involves

attachment of some error detection mechanisms that are added onto

the data block by the transmitter to enable the receiver to detect errorsCommon examples are parity bit attachments or cyclic redundancy

checks using the block coding principle Block coding involves calcu-

lating a certain number of parity bits for a block of data bits and then

appending them to the data block At the data sink ie the receiving

end errors in the received code word can be detected with the aid of

these redundancy bits

HSDPA uses a type of block code known as a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) The cyclic codes of this type are also known as (nk) codes

where n represents the number of code symbols (bits) and k the num-

ber of data symbols (bits) The number of check bits is therefore nk

In HSDPA there is only one length of cyclic redundancy check Every

transport block in the HS-DSCH is followed by a 24-bit CRC An exam-

ple of how this CRC-based block coding works is given below

These check bits and thus the code word are produced by a generating

polynomial A polynomial is used to represent a bit sequence as a code

word with the power of each term in the polynomial corresponding to

a bit position and the coefficient of each term to a bit (Dm) A data word

with k bits is therefore represented as follows

Dk ∙ x

k

+ Dkndash1 ∙ x

kndash1

+ hellip + D983089 ∙ x + D983088

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 730

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

35

An example could be the simple bit pattern 1101 which would repre-

sented as polynomial 983160983091 + 983160 + 1 i e 1 ∙ x 983091 + 0 ∙ x 983090 + 1 ∙ x 1048625 + 1 ∙ x 1048624

To calculate the check bits the data word D(x ) is multiplied by x nndashk

and then divided by the generating polynomial G(x ) which is of degree

(nndashk) The remainder R(x ) is the check word comprising the check bits

R x mainder x D x

G x

n k

( ) Re ( )

( )=

sdot

minus

The code word C (x ) is now obtained by appending the check word to

the data word

C (x ) = x nndashk ∙ D(x ) + R(x )

The receiver knows the generating polynomial G(x ) and performs the

division C (x )G(x ) If there are no transmission errors the code word

C (x ) is divisible by G(x ) The probability is therefore high that anyerrors will be detected The maximum number of errors per code word

that can be detected is determined by the length of the check word

which in our case is the length of the CRC But what is not known is the

position of those errors and thus there is no way to correct them This

is the responsibility of the ldquoinnerrdquo error correction such as the attach-

ment of redundancy bits which enable the receiver to correct some bit

errors Note that block codes can also be used in general to correcterrors but this is not performed in HSPA because this would increase

the overall latency time

Error correction performed with forward error correction (FEC)

principle of convolutional coding

With forward error correction (FEC) redundant bits are inserted into

data packets (bursts) at the transmitting end to enable the receiving

end to implement a correction mechanism The assumption is that theerrors do not occur in a burst Here the principle of a convolutional

coder is used This type of coder ldquoremembersrdquo the last n bits sent and

adds each input bit to the stored n bits The words obtained at the out-

put are usually longer than one bit The code rate defines the ratio of

the input bits to the output bits for example a coder using a code rate

of frac12 generates for each input bit a code word of two output bits Error

correction is based on the fact that a previous state ie a word or a bit

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 830

36

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sequence can only assume one of two succeeding states depending on

whether 0 or 1 was entered into the coder ie the decoder decides for

the metric providing the minimum error estimation If a word arrivesat the receiver in a state that cannot be reached from a state obtain-

able from one of the two input combinations a transmission error has

occurred and needs to be corrected This procedure is equivalent to

tracing a path through a trellis diagram which is familiar from cod-

ing theory

We would now like to discuss a brief example to demonstrate the func-

tionality of channel coding and the subsequent steps of puncturing

Please note that this example does not represent the real coders used

in HSDPA Consult the relevant literature for further details of cod-

ing theory [Ref 10] [Ref 11] and [Ref 14] as well as the specification

[TS 25212 Ref 21] which describes the coding applied in HSPA

The convolutional coder shown in Fig 2-8 consists of one input fol-

lowed by three registers in a shift configuration and finally two out-puts With each clock generation the content of each register is shifted

one register to the right as the last registerrsquos content is discarded and

a new input bit is inserted into the first register The outputs 1 and 2

are generated by an XOR operation between the linked register con-

tents In this manner we create a finite response filter and a certain

memory effect Letrsquos assume we want to transmit the following input bit

sequence 110110 01 Here the nomenclature 01 means that the lastbit of our contemplated sequence can be either 0 or 1 and we wish to

consider both alternatives The registers are initialized with all 0s and

typically some tail bits are attached to the code word which will ensure

this for the succeeding code word The table in Fig 2-8 shows the input

bit on the left side the register sequence content after each step and

outputs 1 and 2 on the right side The output sequence for the given

input will be 11 01 01 00 01 011100 Note the last two lines in the table

We do assume an either or ie there are two alternatives such thatalternative A means that after the sequence 110110 has been sent to the

coder the following bit will be logical 0 Alternative B means that after

the sequence 110110 the following bit will be a logical 1 So we present

an either or situation This will be used to explain the coding principle

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 2: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 230

30

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sion Additionally the redundancy version can be changed meaning

the puncturing procedure can be executed in different ways If the UE

category allows HS-DSCH transport blocks can be scheduled to theUE continuously ie in every TTI Less complex UEs corresponding to

a lower UE category can only process data received in every second or

even every third TTI This is described by the so-called inter-TTI dis-

tance parameter see section 28 page 79 for further details An

inter-TTI distance of 1 corresponds to continuous HS-PDSCH trans-

mission (assuming data is available for transmission) An example of

the maximum amount of multiple channelization codes used for

HS-PDSCH is shown in Fig 2-4 Here all of the 15 possible channeliza-

tion codes for spreading factor 16 are assigned but as can be seen this

already occupies most of the available resources provided by the NodeB

SF = 1 SF = 2 SF = 4 SF = 8 SF = 16 SF = 32 SF = 64 SF = 128 SF = 256

20

21

4080

160320

640

12802561

161

81

41

42

43

10

641

1281

hellip

82

83

2560All possible HS-PDSCH codes

Possible HS-SCCH codes (example)

CPICH

P-CCPCHBlocked

2563

2562

1282

12832567

2566

2565

2564

321

642

12842569

643

128525611

25610

1286

128725615

25614

25613

25612

2568

6462

128124256249

6463

128125256251

256250

128126

128127256255

256254

256253

256252

2562483230

3231

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

16984

851610

1611

1612

161386

871614

1615

hellip

Fig 2-4 Example of HS-PDSCH code allocation maximum allocation

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

31

Additional physical layer parameters applied by the HS-PDSCH are for

example the constellation rearrangement retransmission indication

and redundancy version see section 223 page 44 for further details

22 HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel

transport channel

In this book we would like to distinguish between different types of

channels such as the physical transport and logical channels A log-

ical channel is defined by what type of information is sent a physical

channel is defined by its physical characteristics and a transport chan-

nel describes how the information is formatted HSDPA defines a new

transport channel known as the HS-DSCH which provides a higher

data rate due to its larger transport block sizes and allows flexible chan-

nel coding compared to the existing transport channels in WCDMA

Rel-99 This means the HS-DSCH may use different redundancy ver-

sions with various ways of puncturing This section discusses somecharacteristics of the transport format used on this channel type The

total coding chain is outlined in Fig 2-5

Data arrives at the coding unit at amaximum rate of one transportblock per transmission time interval

CRC attachment to

each transport block

Bit scrambling

Code block segmentation

Channel codingTurbo coding rate 13

Physical layer hybridARQ functionality

Physical channel mapping

Constellationrearrangement for

16QAM

HS-DSCH interleaving

Physical channelsegmentation

PhCH 1 PhCH P

Fig 2-5 Coding chain of HS-DSCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 430

32

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

The data arriving here is represented by a MAC-hs PDU a protocol

data unit coming from the MAC layer and representing a transport

block that is sent once every transmit time interval of 2 ms The firststep in the coding chain is the attachment of a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) with a length of 24 bits to the transport block In HSDPA the

CRC is used for error detection and the ACK NACK feedback sent by

the UE is based on the CRC status The next step involving bit scram-

bling uses a bitwise XOR combination of the input bits with a pseudo-

random bit sequence to randomize the data and avoid long sequences

of constant bits that can prevent proper decoding This is a precon-

dition for the turbo coder performed two steps later To speed up the

channel coding process and for memory reasons the turbo coder has a

maximum limit of 5114 input bits If the transport block is larger than

5114 bits it will be split into several parallel coding segments and chan-

nel coding will be performed in a parallel architecture HSDPA uses

the turbo coding principle with a code rate of ⅓ ie for one input bit

the turbo coder generates three output bits Turbo coding generates

systematic bits representing the input along with two groups of par-ity bits [Ref 12] They are handled separately particularly in the sub-

sequent puncturing process The step physical layer HARQ functional-

ity represents several puncturing and buffering procedures It includes

a two-stage rate adaptation to the subsequent HS-PDSCH formats see

Fig 2-6 The redundancy version signaled on HS-SCCH controls this

process A first step separates the bits into systematic and parity bits a

first rate matching step constrains the bit sequence to the size of the virtual IR buffer which is needed for optional retransmissions and

a second rate matching step linked to the adaptive coding technique

punctures a certain number of bits The decision on how many bits to

puncture and what bits to puncture is indicated as the redundancy ver-

sion This involves the principles of chase combining and incremen-

tal redundancy as explained in section 222 page 41 The size of the

virtual IR buffer depends on the UE category

Systematicbits

Separation of bits1st rate matching

Turbocoderoutput

Parity bits 1

Parity bits 2

HS-PDSCH

Redundancy version

Virtual IR buffer

2nd rate

matching

Fig 2-6 Basic principle of HARQ functionality on HS-PDSCH

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

33

After the HARQ functionality step the remaining bits are segmented

into parallel streams due to the fact that the physical layer in HSDPA can

use several channelization codes for the physical channel HS-PDSCHDepending on the physical layer status which involves how many chan-

nelization codes can be used for transmission this step divides the data

into parallel streams Another step for error protection is the avoidance

of bundled errors Here the data sent in parallel HS-PDSCH codes is

interleaved to provide an interleaving gain to the channel decoder If

the 16QAM modulation scheme is used the following step of constel-

lation mapping will set a mapping scheme for which bits are mapped to

which modulation symbol The various constellation mapping schemes

are shown in Fig 2-15 page 45 Finally the resulting modulation

symbols must be mapped onto the physical channel ie they are first

spread with a channelization code having spreading factor 16 then

they are scrambled by using the NodeB specific primary or secondary

scrambling code and finally they are mapped on the carrier frequency

221 Brief digression into channel coding

Since channel coding is a substantial feature of HSPA a short digres-

sion into general aspects of channel coding is included here to help the

reader understand the procedures used in HSPA It is not the inten-

tion of this book to discuss channel coding in detail Interested read-

ers can seek out relevant literature on this topic eg [Ref 9] [Ref 10][Ref 11] and [Ref 14] HSDPA channel coding comprises block cod-

ing with CRC for error detection turbo coding for error correction

and interleaving to mitigate error bursts Channel coding is performed

in this order at the data source and in the reverse order at the data

sink Fig 2-7 below provides an overview of channel coding and its

components

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 630

34

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Error detection

addedJ Block codingJ CRC attachmentJ Parity bits

Redundancy added

for error correctionForward errorcorrection (FEC) by J Convolutional codingJ Turbo coding

Rate matching

J PuncturingJ Repetition

Inter-

leaving

Deinter-leaving

Error correctionConvolutionaldecodingJ

Turbo decoding

Error detectionJ CRC check J Parity check

Transmitting end

Receiving end

Fig 2-7 General channel coding components example

Error detection ndash Example with block coding

Generally known as outer loop error correction this step involves

attachment of some error detection mechanisms that are added onto

the data block by the transmitter to enable the receiver to detect errorsCommon examples are parity bit attachments or cyclic redundancy

checks using the block coding principle Block coding involves calcu-

lating a certain number of parity bits for a block of data bits and then

appending them to the data block At the data sink ie the receiving

end errors in the received code word can be detected with the aid of

these redundancy bits

HSDPA uses a type of block code known as a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) The cyclic codes of this type are also known as (nk) codes

where n represents the number of code symbols (bits) and k the num-

ber of data symbols (bits) The number of check bits is therefore nk

In HSDPA there is only one length of cyclic redundancy check Every

transport block in the HS-DSCH is followed by a 24-bit CRC An exam-

ple of how this CRC-based block coding works is given below

These check bits and thus the code word are produced by a generating

polynomial A polynomial is used to represent a bit sequence as a code

word with the power of each term in the polynomial corresponding to

a bit position and the coefficient of each term to a bit (Dm) A data word

with k bits is therefore represented as follows

Dk ∙ x

k

+ Dkndash1 ∙ x

kndash1

+ hellip + D983089 ∙ x + D983088

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 730

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

35

An example could be the simple bit pattern 1101 which would repre-

sented as polynomial 983160983091 + 983160 + 1 i e 1 ∙ x 983091 + 0 ∙ x 983090 + 1 ∙ x 1048625 + 1 ∙ x 1048624

To calculate the check bits the data word D(x ) is multiplied by x nndashk

and then divided by the generating polynomial G(x ) which is of degree

(nndashk) The remainder R(x ) is the check word comprising the check bits

R x mainder x D x

G x

n k

( ) Re ( )

( )=

sdot

minus

The code word C (x ) is now obtained by appending the check word to

the data word

C (x ) = x nndashk ∙ D(x ) + R(x )

The receiver knows the generating polynomial G(x ) and performs the

division C (x )G(x ) If there are no transmission errors the code word

C (x ) is divisible by G(x ) The probability is therefore high that anyerrors will be detected The maximum number of errors per code word

that can be detected is determined by the length of the check word

which in our case is the length of the CRC But what is not known is the

position of those errors and thus there is no way to correct them This

is the responsibility of the ldquoinnerrdquo error correction such as the attach-

ment of redundancy bits which enable the receiver to correct some bit

errors Note that block codes can also be used in general to correcterrors but this is not performed in HSPA because this would increase

the overall latency time

Error correction performed with forward error correction (FEC)

principle of convolutional coding

With forward error correction (FEC) redundant bits are inserted into

data packets (bursts) at the transmitting end to enable the receiving

end to implement a correction mechanism The assumption is that theerrors do not occur in a burst Here the principle of a convolutional

coder is used This type of coder ldquoremembersrdquo the last n bits sent and

adds each input bit to the stored n bits The words obtained at the out-

put are usually longer than one bit The code rate defines the ratio of

the input bits to the output bits for example a coder using a code rate

of frac12 generates for each input bit a code word of two output bits Error

correction is based on the fact that a previous state ie a word or a bit

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 830

36

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sequence can only assume one of two succeeding states depending on

whether 0 or 1 was entered into the coder ie the decoder decides for

the metric providing the minimum error estimation If a word arrivesat the receiver in a state that cannot be reached from a state obtain-

able from one of the two input combinations a transmission error has

occurred and needs to be corrected This procedure is equivalent to

tracing a path through a trellis diagram which is familiar from cod-

ing theory

We would now like to discuss a brief example to demonstrate the func-

tionality of channel coding and the subsequent steps of puncturing

Please note that this example does not represent the real coders used

in HSDPA Consult the relevant literature for further details of cod-

ing theory [Ref 10] [Ref 11] and [Ref 14] as well as the specification

[TS 25212 Ref 21] which describes the coding applied in HSPA

The convolutional coder shown in Fig 2-8 consists of one input fol-

lowed by three registers in a shift configuration and finally two out-puts With each clock generation the content of each register is shifted

one register to the right as the last registerrsquos content is discarded and

a new input bit is inserted into the first register The outputs 1 and 2

are generated by an XOR operation between the linked register con-

tents In this manner we create a finite response filter and a certain

memory effect Letrsquos assume we want to transmit the following input bit

sequence 110110 01 Here the nomenclature 01 means that the lastbit of our contemplated sequence can be either 0 or 1 and we wish to

consider both alternatives The registers are initialized with all 0s and

typically some tail bits are attached to the code word which will ensure

this for the succeeding code word The table in Fig 2-8 shows the input

bit on the left side the register sequence content after each step and

outputs 1 and 2 on the right side The output sequence for the given

input will be 11 01 01 00 01 011100 Note the last two lines in the table

We do assume an either or ie there are two alternatives such thatalternative A means that after the sequence 110110 has been sent to the

coder the following bit will be logical 0 Alternative B means that after

the sequence 110110 the following bit will be a logical 1 So we present

an either or situation This will be used to explain the coding principle

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 3: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

31

Additional physical layer parameters applied by the HS-PDSCH are for

example the constellation rearrangement retransmission indication

and redundancy version see section 223 page 44 for further details

22 HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel

transport channel

In this book we would like to distinguish between different types of

channels such as the physical transport and logical channels A log-

ical channel is defined by what type of information is sent a physical

channel is defined by its physical characteristics and a transport chan-

nel describes how the information is formatted HSDPA defines a new

transport channel known as the HS-DSCH which provides a higher

data rate due to its larger transport block sizes and allows flexible chan-

nel coding compared to the existing transport channels in WCDMA

Rel-99 This means the HS-DSCH may use different redundancy ver-

sions with various ways of puncturing This section discusses somecharacteristics of the transport format used on this channel type The

total coding chain is outlined in Fig 2-5

Data arrives at the coding unit at amaximum rate of one transportblock per transmission time interval

CRC attachment to

each transport block

Bit scrambling

Code block segmentation

Channel codingTurbo coding rate 13

Physical layer hybridARQ functionality

Physical channel mapping

Constellationrearrangement for

16QAM

HS-DSCH interleaving

Physical channelsegmentation

PhCH 1 PhCH P

Fig 2-5 Coding chain of HS-DSCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 430

32

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

The data arriving here is represented by a MAC-hs PDU a protocol

data unit coming from the MAC layer and representing a transport

block that is sent once every transmit time interval of 2 ms The firststep in the coding chain is the attachment of a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) with a length of 24 bits to the transport block In HSDPA the

CRC is used for error detection and the ACK NACK feedback sent by

the UE is based on the CRC status The next step involving bit scram-

bling uses a bitwise XOR combination of the input bits with a pseudo-

random bit sequence to randomize the data and avoid long sequences

of constant bits that can prevent proper decoding This is a precon-

dition for the turbo coder performed two steps later To speed up the

channel coding process and for memory reasons the turbo coder has a

maximum limit of 5114 input bits If the transport block is larger than

5114 bits it will be split into several parallel coding segments and chan-

nel coding will be performed in a parallel architecture HSDPA uses

the turbo coding principle with a code rate of ⅓ ie for one input bit

the turbo coder generates three output bits Turbo coding generates

systematic bits representing the input along with two groups of par-ity bits [Ref 12] They are handled separately particularly in the sub-

sequent puncturing process The step physical layer HARQ functional-

ity represents several puncturing and buffering procedures It includes

a two-stage rate adaptation to the subsequent HS-PDSCH formats see

Fig 2-6 The redundancy version signaled on HS-SCCH controls this

process A first step separates the bits into systematic and parity bits a

first rate matching step constrains the bit sequence to the size of the virtual IR buffer which is needed for optional retransmissions and

a second rate matching step linked to the adaptive coding technique

punctures a certain number of bits The decision on how many bits to

puncture and what bits to puncture is indicated as the redundancy ver-

sion This involves the principles of chase combining and incremen-

tal redundancy as explained in section 222 page 41 The size of the

virtual IR buffer depends on the UE category

Systematicbits

Separation of bits1st rate matching

Turbocoderoutput

Parity bits 1

Parity bits 2

HS-PDSCH

Redundancy version

Virtual IR buffer

2nd rate

matching

Fig 2-6 Basic principle of HARQ functionality on HS-PDSCH

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

33

After the HARQ functionality step the remaining bits are segmented

into parallel streams due to the fact that the physical layer in HSDPA can

use several channelization codes for the physical channel HS-PDSCHDepending on the physical layer status which involves how many chan-

nelization codes can be used for transmission this step divides the data

into parallel streams Another step for error protection is the avoidance

of bundled errors Here the data sent in parallel HS-PDSCH codes is

interleaved to provide an interleaving gain to the channel decoder If

the 16QAM modulation scheme is used the following step of constel-

lation mapping will set a mapping scheme for which bits are mapped to

which modulation symbol The various constellation mapping schemes

are shown in Fig 2-15 page 45 Finally the resulting modulation

symbols must be mapped onto the physical channel ie they are first

spread with a channelization code having spreading factor 16 then

they are scrambled by using the NodeB specific primary or secondary

scrambling code and finally they are mapped on the carrier frequency

221 Brief digression into channel coding

Since channel coding is a substantial feature of HSPA a short digres-

sion into general aspects of channel coding is included here to help the

reader understand the procedures used in HSPA It is not the inten-

tion of this book to discuss channel coding in detail Interested read-

ers can seek out relevant literature on this topic eg [Ref 9] [Ref 10][Ref 11] and [Ref 14] HSDPA channel coding comprises block cod-

ing with CRC for error detection turbo coding for error correction

and interleaving to mitigate error bursts Channel coding is performed

in this order at the data source and in the reverse order at the data

sink Fig 2-7 below provides an overview of channel coding and its

components

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 630

34

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Error detection

addedJ Block codingJ CRC attachmentJ Parity bits

Redundancy added

for error correctionForward errorcorrection (FEC) by J Convolutional codingJ Turbo coding

Rate matching

J PuncturingJ Repetition

Inter-

leaving

Deinter-leaving

Error correctionConvolutionaldecodingJ

Turbo decoding

Error detectionJ CRC check J Parity check

Transmitting end

Receiving end

Fig 2-7 General channel coding components example

Error detection ndash Example with block coding

Generally known as outer loop error correction this step involves

attachment of some error detection mechanisms that are added onto

the data block by the transmitter to enable the receiver to detect errorsCommon examples are parity bit attachments or cyclic redundancy

checks using the block coding principle Block coding involves calcu-

lating a certain number of parity bits for a block of data bits and then

appending them to the data block At the data sink ie the receiving

end errors in the received code word can be detected with the aid of

these redundancy bits

HSDPA uses a type of block code known as a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) The cyclic codes of this type are also known as (nk) codes

where n represents the number of code symbols (bits) and k the num-

ber of data symbols (bits) The number of check bits is therefore nk

In HSDPA there is only one length of cyclic redundancy check Every

transport block in the HS-DSCH is followed by a 24-bit CRC An exam-

ple of how this CRC-based block coding works is given below

These check bits and thus the code word are produced by a generating

polynomial A polynomial is used to represent a bit sequence as a code

word with the power of each term in the polynomial corresponding to

a bit position and the coefficient of each term to a bit (Dm) A data word

with k bits is therefore represented as follows

Dk ∙ x

k

+ Dkndash1 ∙ x

kndash1

+ hellip + D983089 ∙ x + D983088

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 730

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

35

An example could be the simple bit pattern 1101 which would repre-

sented as polynomial 983160983091 + 983160 + 1 i e 1 ∙ x 983091 + 0 ∙ x 983090 + 1 ∙ x 1048625 + 1 ∙ x 1048624

To calculate the check bits the data word D(x ) is multiplied by x nndashk

and then divided by the generating polynomial G(x ) which is of degree

(nndashk) The remainder R(x ) is the check word comprising the check bits

R x mainder x D x

G x

n k

( ) Re ( )

( )=

sdot

minus

The code word C (x ) is now obtained by appending the check word to

the data word

C (x ) = x nndashk ∙ D(x ) + R(x )

The receiver knows the generating polynomial G(x ) and performs the

division C (x )G(x ) If there are no transmission errors the code word

C (x ) is divisible by G(x ) The probability is therefore high that anyerrors will be detected The maximum number of errors per code word

that can be detected is determined by the length of the check word

which in our case is the length of the CRC But what is not known is the

position of those errors and thus there is no way to correct them This

is the responsibility of the ldquoinnerrdquo error correction such as the attach-

ment of redundancy bits which enable the receiver to correct some bit

errors Note that block codes can also be used in general to correcterrors but this is not performed in HSPA because this would increase

the overall latency time

Error correction performed with forward error correction (FEC)

principle of convolutional coding

With forward error correction (FEC) redundant bits are inserted into

data packets (bursts) at the transmitting end to enable the receiving

end to implement a correction mechanism The assumption is that theerrors do not occur in a burst Here the principle of a convolutional

coder is used This type of coder ldquoremembersrdquo the last n bits sent and

adds each input bit to the stored n bits The words obtained at the out-

put are usually longer than one bit The code rate defines the ratio of

the input bits to the output bits for example a coder using a code rate

of frac12 generates for each input bit a code word of two output bits Error

correction is based on the fact that a previous state ie a word or a bit

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 830

36

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sequence can only assume one of two succeeding states depending on

whether 0 or 1 was entered into the coder ie the decoder decides for

the metric providing the minimum error estimation If a word arrivesat the receiver in a state that cannot be reached from a state obtain-

able from one of the two input combinations a transmission error has

occurred and needs to be corrected This procedure is equivalent to

tracing a path through a trellis diagram which is familiar from cod-

ing theory

We would now like to discuss a brief example to demonstrate the func-

tionality of channel coding and the subsequent steps of puncturing

Please note that this example does not represent the real coders used

in HSDPA Consult the relevant literature for further details of cod-

ing theory [Ref 10] [Ref 11] and [Ref 14] as well as the specification

[TS 25212 Ref 21] which describes the coding applied in HSPA

The convolutional coder shown in Fig 2-8 consists of one input fol-

lowed by three registers in a shift configuration and finally two out-puts With each clock generation the content of each register is shifted

one register to the right as the last registerrsquos content is discarded and

a new input bit is inserted into the first register The outputs 1 and 2

are generated by an XOR operation between the linked register con-

tents In this manner we create a finite response filter and a certain

memory effect Letrsquos assume we want to transmit the following input bit

sequence 110110 01 Here the nomenclature 01 means that the lastbit of our contemplated sequence can be either 0 or 1 and we wish to

consider both alternatives The registers are initialized with all 0s and

typically some tail bits are attached to the code word which will ensure

this for the succeeding code word The table in Fig 2-8 shows the input

bit on the left side the register sequence content after each step and

outputs 1 and 2 on the right side The output sequence for the given

input will be 11 01 01 00 01 011100 Note the last two lines in the table

We do assume an either or ie there are two alternatives such thatalternative A means that after the sequence 110110 has been sent to the

coder the following bit will be logical 0 Alternative B means that after

the sequence 110110 the following bit will be a logical 1 So we present

an either or situation This will be used to explain the coding principle

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 4: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 430

32

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

The data arriving here is represented by a MAC-hs PDU a protocol

data unit coming from the MAC layer and representing a transport

block that is sent once every transmit time interval of 2 ms The firststep in the coding chain is the attachment of a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) with a length of 24 bits to the transport block In HSDPA the

CRC is used for error detection and the ACK NACK feedback sent by

the UE is based on the CRC status The next step involving bit scram-

bling uses a bitwise XOR combination of the input bits with a pseudo-

random bit sequence to randomize the data and avoid long sequences

of constant bits that can prevent proper decoding This is a precon-

dition for the turbo coder performed two steps later To speed up the

channel coding process and for memory reasons the turbo coder has a

maximum limit of 5114 input bits If the transport block is larger than

5114 bits it will be split into several parallel coding segments and chan-

nel coding will be performed in a parallel architecture HSDPA uses

the turbo coding principle with a code rate of ⅓ ie for one input bit

the turbo coder generates three output bits Turbo coding generates

systematic bits representing the input along with two groups of par-ity bits [Ref 12] They are handled separately particularly in the sub-

sequent puncturing process The step physical layer HARQ functional-

ity represents several puncturing and buffering procedures It includes

a two-stage rate adaptation to the subsequent HS-PDSCH formats see

Fig 2-6 The redundancy version signaled on HS-SCCH controls this

process A first step separates the bits into systematic and parity bits a

first rate matching step constrains the bit sequence to the size of the virtual IR buffer which is needed for optional retransmissions and

a second rate matching step linked to the adaptive coding technique

punctures a certain number of bits The decision on how many bits to

puncture and what bits to puncture is indicated as the redundancy ver-

sion This involves the principles of chase combining and incremen-

tal redundancy as explained in section 222 page 41 The size of the

virtual IR buffer depends on the UE category

Systematicbits

Separation of bits1st rate matching

Turbocoderoutput

Parity bits 1

Parity bits 2

HS-PDSCH

Redundancy version

Virtual IR buffer

2nd rate

matching

Fig 2-6 Basic principle of HARQ functionality on HS-PDSCH

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

33

After the HARQ functionality step the remaining bits are segmented

into parallel streams due to the fact that the physical layer in HSDPA can

use several channelization codes for the physical channel HS-PDSCHDepending on the physical layer status which involves how many chan-

nelization codes can be used for transmission this step divides the data

into parallel streams Another step for error protection is the avoidance

of bundled errors Here the data sent in parallel HS-PDSCH codes is

interleaved to provide an interleaving gain to the channel decoder If

the 16QAM modulation scheme is used the following step of constel-

lation mapping will set a mapping scheme for which bits are mapped to

which modulation symbol The various constellation mapping schemes

are shown in Fig 2-15 page 45 Finally the resulting modulation

symbols must be mapped onto the physical channel ie they are first

spread with a channelization code having spreading factor 16 then

they are scrambled by using the NodeB specific primary or secondary

scrambling code and finally they are mapped on the carrier frequency

221 Brief digression into channel coding

Since channel coding is a substantial feature of HSPA a short digres-

sion into general aspects of channel coding is included here to help the

reader understand the procedures used in HSPA It is not the inten-

tion of this book to discuss channel coding in detail Interested read-

ers can seek out relevant literature on this topic eg [Ref 9] [Ref 10][Ref 11] and [Ref 14] HSDPA channel coding comprises block cod-

ing with CRC for error detection turbo coding for error correction

and interleaving to mitigate error bursts Channel coding is performed

in this order at the data source and in the reverse order at the data

sink Fig 2-7 below provides an overview of channel coding and its

components

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 630

34

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Error detection

addedJ Block codingJ CRC attachmentJ Parity bits

Redundancy added

for error correctionForward errorcorrection (FEC) by J Convolutional codingJ Turbo coding

Rate matching

J PuncturingJ Repetition

Inter-

leaving

Deinter-leaving

Error correctionConvolutionaldecodingJ

Turbo decoding

Error detectionJ CRC check J Parity check

Transmitting end

Receiving end

Fig 2-7 General channel coding components example

Error detection ndash Example with block coding

Generally known as outer loop error correction this step involves

attachment of some error detection mechanisms that are added onto

the data block by the transmitter to enable the receiver to detect errorsCommon examples are parity bit attachments or cyclic redundancy

checks using the block coding principle Block coding involves calcu-

lating a certain number of parity bits for a block of data bits and then

appending them to the data block At the data sink ie the receiving

end errors in the received code word can be detected with the aid of

these redundancy bits

HSDPA uses a type of block code known as a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) The cyclic codes of this type are also known as (nk) codes

where n represents the number of code symbols (bits) and k the num-

ber of data symbols (bits) The number of check bits is therefore nk

In HSDPA there is only one length of cyclic redundancy check Every

transport block in the HS-DSCH is followed by a 24-bit CRC An exam-

ple of how this CRC-based block coding works is given below

These check bits and thus the code word are produced by a generating

polynomial A polynomial is used to represent a bit sequence as a code

word with the power of each term in the polynomial corresponding to

a bit position and the coefficient of each term to a bit (Dm) A data word

with k bits is therefore represented as follows

Dk ∙ x

k

+ Dkndash1 ∙ x

kndash1

+ hellip + D983089 ∙ x + D983088

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 730

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

35

An example could be the simple bit pattern 1101 which would repre-

sented as polynomial 983160983091 + 983160 + 1 i e 1 ∙ x 983091 + 0 ∙ x 983090 + 1 ∙ x 1048625 + 1 ∙ x 1048624

To calculate the check bits the data word D(x ) is multiplied by x nndashk

and then divided by the generating polynomial G(x ) which is of degree

(nndashk) The remainder R(x ) is the check word comprising the check bits

R x mainder x D x

G x

n k

( ) Re ( )

( )=

sdot

minus

The code word C (x ) is now obtained by appending the check word to

the data word

C (x ) = x nndashk ∙ D(x ) + R(x )

The receiver knows the generating polynomial G(x ) and performs the

division C (x )G(x ) If there are no transmission errors the code word

C (x ) is divisible by G(x ) The probability is therefore high that anyerrors will be detected The maximum number of errors per code word

that can be detected is determined by the length of the check word

which in our case is the length of the CRC But what is not known is the

position of those errors and thus there is no way to correct them This

is the responsibility of the ldquoinnerrdquo error correction such as the attach-

ment of redundancy bits which enable the receiver to correct some bit

errors Note that block codes can also be used in general to correcterrors but this is not performed in HSPA because this would increase

the overall latency time

Error correction performed with forward error correction (FEC)

principle of convolutional coding

With forward error correction (FEC) redundant bits are inserted into

data packets (bursts) at the transmitting end to enable the receiving

end to implement a correction mechanism The assumption is that theerrors do not occur in a burst Here the principle of a convolutional

coder is used This type of coder ldquoremembersrdquo the last n bits sent and

adds each input bit to the stored n bits The words obtained at the out-

put are usually longer than one bit The code rate defines the ratio of

the input bits to the output bits for example a coder using a code rate

of frac12 generates for each input bit a code word of two output bits Error

correction is based on the fact that a previous state ie a word or a bit

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 830

36

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sequence can only assume one of two succeeding states depending on

whether 0 or 1 was entered into the coder ie the decoder decides for

the metric providing the minimum error estimation If a word arrivesat the receiver in a state that cannot be reached from a state obtain-

able from one of the two input combinations a transmission error has

occurred and needs to be corrected This procedure is equivalent to

tracing a path through a trellis diagram which is familiar from cod-

ing theory

We would now like to discuss a brief example to demonstrate the func-

tionality of channel coding and the subsequent steps of puncturing

Please note that this example does not represent the real coders used

in HSDPA Consult the relevant literature for further details of cod-

ing theory [Ref 10] [Ref 11] and [Ref 14] as well as the specification

[TS 25212 Ref 21] which describes the coding applied in HSPA

The convolutional coder shown in Fig 2-8 consists of one input fol-

lowed by three registers in a shift configuration and finally two out-puts With each clock generation the content of each register is shifted

one register to the right as the last registerrsquos content is discarded and

a new input bit is inserted into the first register The outputs 1 and 2

are generated by an XOR operation between the linked register con-

tents In this manner we create a finite response filter and a certain

memory effect Letrsquos assume we want to transmit the following input bit

sequence 110110 01 Here the nomenclature 01 means that the lastbit of our contemplated sequence can be either 0 or 1 and we wish to

consider both alternatives The registers are initialized with all 0s and

typically some tail bits are attached to the code word which will ensure

this for the succeeding code word The table in Fig 2-8 shows the input

bit on the left side the register sequence content after each step and

outputs 1 and 2 on the right side The output sequence for the given

input will be 11 01 01 00 01 011100 Note the last two lines in the table

We do assume an either or ie there are two alternatives such thatalternative A means that after the sequence 110110 has been sent to the

coder the following bit will be logical 0 Alternative B means that after

the sequence 110110 the following bit will be a logical 1 So we present

an either or situation This will be used to explain the coding principle

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 5: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

33

After the HARQ functionality step the remaining bits are segmented

into parallel streams due to the fact that the physical layer in HSDPA can

use several channelization codes for the physical channel HS-PDSCHDepending on the physical layer status which involves how many chan-

nelization codes can be used for transmission this step divides the data

into parallel streams Another step for error protection is the avoidance

of bundled errors Here the data sent in parallel HS-PDSCH codes is

interleaved to provide an interleaving gain to the channel decoder If

the 16QAM modulation scheme is used the following step of constel-

lation mapping will set a mapping scheme for which bits are mapped to

which modulation symbol The various constellation mapping schemes

are shown in Fig 2-15 page 45 Finally the resulting modulation

symbols must be mapped onto the physical channel ie they are first

spread with a channelization code having spreading factor 16 then

they are scrambled by using the NodeB specific primary or secondary

scrambling code and finally they are mapped on the carrier frequency

221 Brief digression into channel coding

Since channel coding is a substantial feature of HSPA a short digres-

sion into general aspects of channel coding is included here to help the

reader understand the procedures used in HSPA It is not the inten-

tion of this book to discuss channel coding in detail Interested read-

ers can seek out relevant literature on this topic eg [Ref 9] [Ref 10][Ref 11] and [Ref 14] HSDPA channel coding comprises block cod-

ing with CRC for error detection turbo coding for error correction

and interleaving to mitigate error bursts Channel coding is performed

in this order at the data source and in the reverse order at the data

sink Fig 2-7 below provides an overview of channel coding and its

components

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 630

34

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Error detection

addedJ Block codingJ CRC attachmentJ Parity bits

Redundancy added

for error correctionForward errorcorrection (FEC) by J Convolutional codingJ Turbo coding

Rate matching

J PuncturingJ Repetition

Inter-

leaving

Deinter-leaving

Error correctionConvolutionaldecodingJ

Turbo decoding

Error detectionJ CRC check J Parity check

Transmitting end

Receiving end

Fig 2-7 General channel coding components example

Error detection ndash Example with block coding

Generally known as outer loop error correction this step involves

attachment of some error detection mechanisms that are added onto

the data block by the transmitter to enable the receiver to detect errorsCommon examples are parity bit attachments or cyclic redundancy

checks using the block coding principle Block coding involves calcu-

lating a certain number of parity bits for a block of data bits and then

appending them to the data block At the data sink ie the receiving

end errors in the received code word can be detected with the aid of

these redundancy bits

HSDPA uses a type of block code known as a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) The cyclic codes of this type are also known as (nk) codes

where n represents the number of code symbols (bits) and k the num-

ber of data symbols (bits) The number of check bits is therefore nk

In HSDPA there is only one length of cyclic redundancy check Every

transport block in the HS-DSCH is followed by a 24-bit CRC An exam-

ple of how this CRC-based block coding works is given below

These check bits and thus the code word are produced by a generating

polynomial A polynomial is used to represent a bit sequence as a code

word with the power of each term in the polynomial corresponding to

a bit position and the coefficient of each term to a bit (Dm) A data word

with k bits is therefore represented as follows

Dk ∙ x

k

+ Dkndash1 ∙ x

kndash1

+ hellip + D983089 ∙ x + D983088

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 730

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

35

An example could be the simple bit pattern 1101 which would repre-

sented as polynomial 983160983091 + 983160 + 1 i e 1 ∙ x 983091 + 0 ∙ x 983090 + 1 ∙ x 1048625 + 1 ∙ x 1048624

To calculate the check bits the data word D(x ) is multiplied by x nndashk

and then divided by the generating polynomial G(x ) which is of degree

(nndashk) The remainder R(x ) is the check word comprising the check bits

R x mainder x D x

G x

n k

( ) Re ( )

( )=

sdot

minus

The code word C (x ) is now obtained by appending the check word to

the data word

C (x ) = x nndashk ∙ D(x ) + R(x )

The receiver knows the generating polynomial G(x ) and performs the

division C (x )G(x ) If there are no transmission errors the code word

C (x ) is divisible by G(x ) The probability is therefore high that anyerrors will be detected The maximum number of errors per code word

that can be detected is determined by the length of the check word

which in our case is the length of the CRC But what is not known is the

position of those errors and thus there is no way to correct them This

is the responsibility of the ldquoinnerrdquo error correction such as the attach-

ment of redundancy bits which enable the receiver to correct some bit

errors Note that block codes can also be used in general to correcterrors but this is not performed in HSPA because this would increase

the overall latency time

Error correction performed with forward error correction (FEC)

principle of convolutional coding

With forward error correction (FEC) redundant bits are inserted into

data packets (bursts) at the transmitting end to enable the receiving

end to implement a correction mechanism The assumption is that theerrors do not occur in a burst Here the principle of a convolutional

coder is used This type of coder ldquoremembersrdquo the last n bits sent and

adds each input bit to the stored n bits The words obtained at the out-

put are usually longer than one bit The code rate defines the ratio of

the input bits to the output bits for example a coder using a code rate

of frac12 generates for each input bit a code word of two output bits Error

correction is based on the fact that a previous state ie a word or a bit

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 830

36

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sequence can only assume one of two succeeding states depending on

whether 0 or 1 was entered into the coder ie the decoder decides for

the metric providing the minimum error estimation If a word arrivesat the receiver in a state that cannot be reached from a state obtain-

able from one of the two input combinations a transmission error has

occurred and needs to be corrected This procedure is equivalent to

tracing a path through a trellis diagram which is familiar from cod-

ing theory

We would now like to discuss a brief example to demonstrate the func-

tionality of channel coding and the subsequent steps of puncturing

Please note that this example does not represent the real coders used

in HSDPA Consult the relevant literature for further details of cod-

ing theory [Ref 10] [Ref 11] and [Ref 14] as well as the specification

[TS 25212 Ref 21] which describes the coding applied in HSPA

The convolutional coder shown in Fig 2-8 consists of one input fol-

lowed by three registers in a shift configuration and finally two out-puts With each clock generation the content of each register is shifted

one register to the right as the last registerrsquos content is discarded and

a new input bit is inserted into the first register The outputs 1 and 2

are generated by an XOR operation between the linked register con-

tents In this manner we create a finite response filter and a certain

memory effect Letrsquos assume we want to transmit the following input bit

sequence 110110 01 Here the nomenclature 01 means that the lastbit of our contemplated sequence can be either 0 or 1 and we wish to

consider both alternatives The registers are initialized with all 0s and

typically some tail bits are attached to the code word which will ensure

this for the succeeding code word The table in Fig 2-8 shows the input

bit on the left side the register sequence content after each step and

outputs 1 and 2 on the right side The output sequence for the given

input will be 11 01 01 00 01 011100 Note the last two lines in the table

We do assume an either or ie there are two alternatives such thatalternative A means that after the sequence 110110 has been sent to the

coder the following bit will be logical 0 Alternative B means that after

the sequence 110110 the following bit will be a logical 1 So we present

an either or situation This will be used to explain the coding principle

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 6: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 630

34

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Error detection

addedJ Block codingJ CRC attachmentJ Parity bits

Redundancy added

for error correctionForward errorcorrection (FEC) by J Convolutional codingJ Turbo coding

Rate matching

J PuncturingJ Repetition

Inter-

leaving

Deinter-leaving

Error correctionConvolutionaldecodingJ

Turbo decoding

Error detectionJ CRC check J Parity check

Transmitting end

Receiving end

Fig 2-7 General channel coding components example

Error detection ndash Example with block coding

Generally known as outer loop error correction this step involves

attachment of some error detection mechanisms that are added onto

the data block by the transmitter to enable the receiver to detect errorsCommon examples are parity bit attachments or cyclic redundancy

checks using the block coding principle Block coding involves calcu-

lating a certain number of parity bits for a block of data bits and then

appending them to the data block At the data sink ie the receiving

end errors in the received code word can be detected with the aid of

these redundancy bits

HSDPA uses a type of block code known as a cyclic redundancy check

(CRC) The cyclic codes of this type are also known as (nk) codes

where n represents the number of code symbols (bits) and k the num-

ber of data symbols (bits) The number of check bits is therefore nk

In HSDPA there is only one length of cyclic redundancy check Every

transport block in the HS-DSCH is followed by a 24-bit CRC An exam-

ple of how this CRC-based block coding works is given below

These check bits and thus the code word are produced by a generating

polynomial A polynomial is used to represent a bit sequence as a code

word with the power of each term in the polynomial corresponding to

a bit position and the coefficient of each term to a bit (Dm) A data word

with k bits is therefore represented as follows

Dk ∙ x

k

+ Dkndash1 ∙ x

kndash1

+ hellip + D983089 ∙ x + D983088

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 730

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

35

An example could be the simple bit pattern 1101 which would repre-

sented as polynomial 983160983091 + 983160 + 1 i e 1 ∙ x 983091 + 0 ∙ x 983090 + 1 ∙ x 1048625 + 1 ∙ x 1048624

To calculate the check bits the data word D(x ) is multiplied by x nndashk

and then divided by the generating polynomial G(x ) which is of degree

(nndashk) The remainder R(x ) is the check word comprising the check bits

R x mainder x D x

G x

n k

( ) Re ( )

( )=

sdot

minus

The code word C (x ) is now obtained by appending the check word to

the data word

C (x ) = x nndashk ∙ D(x ) + R(x )

The receiver knows the generating polynomial G(x ) and performs the

division C (x )G(x ) If there are no transmission errors the code word

C (x ) is divisible by G(x ) The probability is therefore high that anyerrors will be detected The maximum number of errors per code word

that can be detected is determined by the length of the check word

which in our case is the length of the CRC But what is not known is the

position of those errors and thus there is no way to correct them This

is the responsibility of the ldquoinnerrdquo error correction such as the attach-

ment of redundancy bits which enable the receiver to correct some bit

errors Note that block codes can also be used in general to correcterrors but this is not performed in HSPA because this would increase

the overall latency time

Error correction performed with forward error correction (FEC)

principle of convolutional coding

With forward error correction (FEC) redundant bits are inserted into

data packets (bursts) at the transmitting end to enable the receiving

end to implement a correction mechanism The assumption is that theerrors do not occur in a burst Here the principle of a convolutional

coder is used This type of coder ldquoremembersrdquo the last n bits sent and

adds each input bit to the stored n bits The words obtained at the out-

put are usually longer than one bit The code rate defines the ratio of

the input bits to the output bits for example a coder using a code rate

of frac12 generates for each input bit a code word of two output bits Error

correction is based on the fact that a previous state ie a word or a bit

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 830

36

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sequence can only assume one of two succeeding states depending on

whether 0 or 1 was entered into the coder ie the decoder decides for

the metric providing the minimum error estimation If a word arrivesat the receiver in a state that cannot be reached from a state obtain-

able from one of the two input combinations a transmission error has

occurred and needs to be corrected This procedure is equivalent to

tracing a path through a trellis diagram which is familiar from cod-

ing theory

We would now like to discuss a brief example to demonstrate the func-

tionality of channel coding and the subsequent steps of puncturing

Please note that this example does not represent the real coders used

in HSDPA Consult the relevant literature for further details of cod-

ing theory [Ref 10] [Ref 11] and [Ref 14] as well as the specification

[TS 25212 Ref 21] which describes the coding applied in HSPA

The convolutional coder shown in Fig 2-8 consists of one input fol-

lowed by three registers in a shift configuration and finally two out-puts With each clock generation the content of each register is shifted

one register to the right as the last registerrsquos content is discarded and

a new input bit is inserted into the first register The outputs 1 and 2

are generated by an XOR operation between the linked register con-

tents In this manner we create a finite response filter and a certain

memory effect Letrsquos assume we want to transmit the following input bit

sequence 110110 01 Here the nomenclature 01 means that the lastbit of our contemplated sequence can be either 0 or 1 and we wish to

consider both alternatives The registers are initialized with all 0s and

typically some tail bits are attached to the code word which will ensure

this for the succeeding code word The table in Fig 2-8 shows the input

bit on the left side the register sequence content after each step and

outputs 1 and 2 on the right side The output sequence for the given

input will be 11 01 01 00 01 011100 Note the last two lines in the table

We do assume an either or ie there are two alternatives such thatalternative A means that after the sequence 110110 has been sent to the

coder the following bit will be logical 0 Alternative B means that after

the sequence 110110 the following bit will be a logical 1 So we present

an either or situation This will be used to explain the coding principle

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 7: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 730

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

35

An example could be the simple bit pattern 1101 which would repre-

sented as polynomial 983160983091 + 983160 + 1 i e 1 ∙ x 983091 + 0 ∙ x 983090 + 1 ∙ x 1048625 + 1 ∙ x 1048624

To calculate the check bits the data word D(x ) is multiplied by x nndashk

and then divided by the generating polynomial G(x ) which is of degree

(nndashk) The remainder R(x ) is the check word comprising the check bits

R x mainder x D x

G x

n k

( ) Re ( )

( )=

sdot

minus

The code word C (x ) is now obtained by appending the check word to

the data word

C (x ) = x nndashk ∙ D(x ) + R(x )

The receiver knows the generating polynomial G(x ) and performs the

division C (x )G(x ) If there are no transmission errors the code word

C (x ) is divisible by G(x ) The probability is therefore high that anyerrors will be detected The maximum number of errors per code word

that can be detected is determined by the length of the check word

which in our case is the length of the CRC But what is not known is the

position of those errors and thus there is no way to correct them This

is the responsibility of the ldquoinnerrdquo error correction such as the attach-

ment of redundancy bits which enable the receiver to correct some bit

errors Note that block codes can also be used in general to correcterrors but this is not performed in HSPA because this would increase

the overall latency time

Error correction performed with forward error correction (FEC)

principle of convolutional coding

With forward error correction (FEC) redundant bits are inserted into

data packets (bursts) at the transmitting end to enable the receiving

end to implement a correction mechanism The assumption is that theerrors do not occur in a burst Here the principle of a convolutional

coder is used This type of coder ldquoremembersrdquo the last n bits sent and

adds each input bit to the stored n bits The words obtained at the out-

put are usually longer than one bit The code rate defines the ratio of

the input bits to the output bits for example a coder using a code rate

of frac12 generates for each input bit a code word of two output bits Error

correction is based on the fact that a previous state ie a word or a bit

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 830

36

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sequence can only assume one of two succeeding states depending on

whether 0 or 1 was entered into the coder ie the decoder decides for

the metric providing the minimum error estimation If a word arrivesat the receiver in a state that cannot be reached from a state obtain-

able from one of the two input combinations a transmission error has

occurred and needs to be corrected This procedure is equivalent to

tracing a path through a trellis diagram which is familiar from cod-

ing theory

We would now like to discuss a brief example to demonstrate the func-

tionality of channel coding and the subsequent steps of puncturing

Please note that this example does not represent the real coders used

in HSDPA Consult the relevant literature for further details of cod-

ing theory [Ref 10] [Ref 11] and [Ref 14] as well as the specification

[TS 25212 Ref 21] which describes the coding applied in HSPA

The convolutional coder shown in Fig 2-8 consists of one input fol-

lowed by three registers in a shift configuration and finally two out-puts With each clock generation the content of each register is shifted

one register to the right as the last registerrsquos content is discarded and

a new input bit is inserted into the first register The outputs 1 and 2

are generated by an XOR operation between the linked register con-

tents In this manner we create a finite response filter and a certain

memory effect Letrsquos assume we want to transmit the following input bit

sequence 110110 01 Here the nomenclature 01 means that the lastbit of our contemplated sequence can be either 0 or 1 and we wish to

consider both alternatives The registers are initialized with all 0s and

typically some tail bits are attached to the code word which will ensure

this for the succeeding code word The table in Fig 2-8 shows the input

bit on the left side the register sequence content after each step and

outputs 1 and 2 on the right side The output sequence for the given

input will be 11 01 01 00 01 011100 Note the last two lines in the table

We do assume an either or ie there are two alternatives such thatalternative A means that after the sequence 110110 has been sent to the

coder the following bit will be logical 0 Alternative B means that after

the sequence 110110 the following bit will be a logical 1 So we present

an either or situation This will be used to explain the coding principle

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 8: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 830

36

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

sequence can only assume one of two succeeding states depending on

whether 0 or 1 was entered into the coder ie the decoder decides for

the metric providing the minimum error estimation If a word arrivesat the receiver in a state that cannot be reached from a state obtain-

able from one of the two input combinations a transmission error has

occurred and needs to be corrected This procedure is equivalent to

tracing a path through a trellis diagram which is familiar from cod-

ing theory

We would now like to discuss a brief example to demonstrate the func-

tionality of channel coding and the subsequent steps of puncturing

Please note that this example does not represent the real coders used

in HSDPA Consult the relevant literature for further details of cod-

ing theory [Ref 10] [Ref 11] and [Ref 14] as well as the specification

[TS 25212 Ref 21] which describes the coding applied in HSPA

The convolutional coder shown in Fig 2-8 consists of one input fol-

lowed by three registers in a shift configuration and finally two out-puts With each clock generation the content of each register is shifted

one register to the right as the last registerrsquos content is discarded and

a new input bit is inserted into the first register The outputs 1 and 2

are generated by an XOR operation between the linked register con-

tents In this manner we create a finite response filter and a certain

memory effect Letrsquos assume we want to transmit the following input bit

sequence 110110 01 Here the nomenclature 01 means that the lastbit of our contemplated sequence can be either 0 or 1 and we wish to

consider both alternatives The registers are initialized with all 0s and

typically some tail bits are attached to the code word which will ensure

this for the succeeding code word The table in Fig 2-8 shows the input

bit on the left side the register sequence content after each step and

outputs 1 and 2 on the right side The output sequence for the given

input will be 11 01 01 00 01 011100 Note the last two lines in the table

We do assume an either or ie there are two alternatives such thatalternative A means that after the sequence 110110 has been sent to the

coder the following bit will be logical 0 Alternative B means that after

the sequence 110110 the following bit will be a logical 1 So we present

an either or situation This will be used to explain the coding principle

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 9: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 930

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

37

Example of convolutional coding

Input Regis-

ter 1

Regis-

ter 2

Regis-

ter 3

Out-

put 1

Out-

put 2

XOR operation

Register 3Register 2Register 1

+

Input

Output 1

Output 2

+ +

1 1 0 0 1 1

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

1 1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0 0 1

0 0 1 1 0 1

Alt A 0 0 0 1 1 1

Alt B 1 1 0 1 0 0

Fig 2-8 Simple example for convolutional coding

In Fig 2-9 that follows there is a trellis diagram representing in each

column the four possible output values of our channel coder 00 01 10

or 11 and in bold color there is the trellis path through this diagram

resulting from the input sequence Recalling our definition of the two

alternatives for the last bit of our example code word we can see that

the rightmost part of this trellis diagram shows the two possible steps

From state 01 we can only reach either state 00 or state 11 The twoother states 01 or 10 are not possible and with no input to the coder

shown in Fig 2-8 the output can reach these two states in this step For

example if the receiver detects a sequence such as 11 01 01 00 01 01 01

it knows there is an error at the last position 01 which had to be cor-

rected as either 00 or 11 because only these two alternatives are pos-

sible The error correction is performed by looking at the total trellis

path and selecting the maximum likelihood sequence estimation basedon the received data pattern In our short example we admit that we

stopped at this point of course Imagine that the input sequence of bits

continues The decoder would not know if it should proceed with the

pattern 00 or 11 so the decision will be to continue both ways The fol-

lowing step is then checked again and one of the assumed ways will dif-

fer more from the demodulated pattern than the other one This prin-

ciple is described in the Viterbi algorithm [Ref 15] Based on this algo-

rithm the stronger path will survive ie the decoder checks at eachstep which path of the examined ones in the trellis path exhibits the

smallest deviation from the demodulation sequence and thus this path

will be continued The paths exhibiting a higher deviation are discarded

to reduce the calculation expense The path through the trellis diagram

is called a ldquometricrdquo and the term ldquomaximum likelihood sequence esti-

mationrdquo (MLSE) represents the selection by the channel decoder of the

real possible metric which is the closest to the received data pattern As

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 10: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1030

38

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

an analogy If we do a crossword puzzle and find some characters in a

word the channel decoder would check in a primer or dictionary of the

language containing all possible character combinations that we callldquowordsrdquo and select the existing word that has the maximum likelihood

for the prevailing sequence of characters

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

00

01

10

11

Alternative B

Alternative A

Register 2

+ +

+

Output 1

Output 2

XOR operation

Trellis diagram above showsmetric for input sequence

110110 0

or 1

into a coder such as

1

1

0

1 10

0

1

Register 3Register 1

Fig 2-9 Metric in trellis diagram

Interleaving

Forward error correction based on convolutional coders has one disad-

vantage related to the impact of block errors If the transmission errors

are distributed they can be corrected as demonstrated in the trellis dia-gram example using the Viterbi algorithm but if many adjacent bits

are lost the decoder will have problems retrieving the right bit pattern

Interleaving means that the information to be transmitted is spread or

distributed over several bursts in such a way that contiguous informa-

tion is split up and transmitted in a time or block distributed mode

To avoid error bursts an attempt is made to spread the bit errors over

several code words This is achieved by interleaving several code wordsThis method is also called diagonal interleaving see Fig 2-10 Another

kind of interleaving is block interleaving as shown in Fig 2-11 Blocks

of code words are written row-by-row into a matrix and then read col-

umn-by-column With both methods consecutive bits of a code word

are never transmitted consecutively and conversely when the bits are

deinterleaved at the receive end error bursts are spread over several

code words

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 11: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1130

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

39

As several code words are interleaved the decoder has to ldquowaitrdquo a cer-

tain time until all bits of a particular code word arrive This delay ie

the ldquomeasure for spreading over timerdquo is referred to as the ldquointerleav-ing depthrdquo The greater the interleaving depth the more code words are

available for spreading the error bursts and the greater the probability

that errored bits can be corrected but on the other hand this increases

the overall latency time

HSDPA uses the block diagonal interleaving principle for the HS-DSCH

only since as we should recall one goal is to have a short round-trip

time

Spreadinghellip

Interleaving

hellip

hellip

Fig 2-10 Diagonal interleaving

Write

Read

Interleaving-Matrix

Fig 2-11 Block interleaving

Puncturing

Having briefly described the principle of convolutional coding another

mechanism will be presented that is used to increase the throughputof user data and coordinate with the AMC mechanism described in

section 12 page 10 After adding redundancy the total bit stream is

now known as soft bits ie the sum including all of the raw data bits

at the input of the channel coder plus the added redundancy bits This

quantity must match the required transport block size demanded by

the transport layer and the process performed here is called rate match-

ing ie deleting some of the soft bits at the transmitting end in a pre-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 12: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1230

40

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

defined manner or repeating or adding some stuffing bits In HSPA the

rate matching mechanism uses puncturing which provides higher data

throughput The signaled values TBS and RV tell the receiving convo-lutional coder how many and where bits have been punctured This

allows the decoder to insert blank positions which have to be filled later

by performing trellis decoding In other words we may consider the

punctured bits as bit losses created intentionally by the transmitter In

this manner the total amount of data bits can be increased for the sake

of lower redundancy In HSDPA this puncturing scheme will be very

flexible and the NodeB scheduler will set the puncturing rate adapted

to the prevailing RF conditions on the radio channel to obtain the high-

est possible data throughput under the existing conditions The disad-

vantage of adaptive coding is that we need signaling information so

that the transmitter has to inform the receiver about how many soft bits

have been punctured This is seen in Fig 2-26 page 55 in the form

of the redundancy version carried by the HS-SCCH control channel

Fig 2-12 below again depicts the principle of puncturing in HSDPAand clarifies some signaling parameters such as the transport block size

1 1 0 1 1 0 0

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

Transport block sizeInput bits into channel coder

Soft bitsOutput from channel encoder

Rate matchingPuncturing or repeating bits

11 01 01 00 01 01 11

1 01 0 00 0 01 1Coded composite transport bitsCan be several combined streams aftercoding + rate matching

Transport block size FEC

Fig 2-12 Puncturing based on coding example from Fig 2-8 page 37

The process of channel coding starts first with the transport block

size which is given by the size of the input data bit sequence added

by a cyclic redundancy checksum The next step is the channel cod-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 13: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1330

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

41

ing which is performed in HSPA by a so-called turbo coder The turbo

coder is a parallel concatenated convolutional coder that exhibits bet-

ter reliability compared to a single convolutional coder Discussingthe functionality of a turbo coder in all of its details would represent a

major digression from the intention of this book Accordingly we will

simply encourage the interested reader to consult the channel coding

literature for more details about turbo coders and their applications

[Ref 10] [Ref 12] Determined by the scheduler of the base station or

the redundancy version to be used the next step known as the redun-

dancy version will either puncture (the most likely) or repeat some of

the bits resulting from the channel coding process How many bits will

be punctured is defined by the coding rate In our example in Fig 2-12

we see that the input bit sequence has a length of 7 bits resulting in

14 soft bits after channel coding with our example coder providing a

coding rate of frac12 The scheduler decided to puncture 4 bits so that we

finally obtain 10 bits which have to be mapped on the physical chan-

nels Our overall coding rate is therefore given as ⁷frasl983089983088 In other words

some bits are protected with redundancy information while othersare not Note that the size of the coded composite transport channel

is determined by the physical layer parameters such as the number of

channelization codes used to convey the HS-PDSCH the modulation

scheme and the transmit time interval which is constant for HSDPA

but can be either 2 or 10 ms for HSUPA Thus its size does not need

to be signaled to the receiver and only the transport block size and the

redundancy versions will be contained in the HS-SCCH channel

222 Incremental redundancy and chase combining

for HS-DSCH

Until now we have presented some general characteristics of HSDPA

and HSUPA which we would now like to discuss in a combined pro-

cedure and then deduce two other principles The HARQ abbreviationcombines an automatic retransmission of erroneous data with a soft

combination at the receiving end A related question can now be how

the transmitter has to repeat the transport block should the retrans-

mission of data occur in an identical retransmission mode or should

some changes in coding parameters eg the manner of puncturing be

applied This question is also important for the implementation of the

rate matching step shown in Fig 2-12 The transmitter has to provide

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 14: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1430

42

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

a certain soft buffer ie a memory that stores the transmitted data for

the sake of possible retransmissions and deletes it after having received

a positive acknowledgment from the receiver Should the transmitternow store the coded composite transport data i e the data after coding

but also after puncturing This would restrict it to repeating the data in

an identical manner A better approach is to store the data after channel

coding and before puncturing Even if this requires more memory it

gives the flexibility to change the puncturing scheme and retransmit the

transport block in a different way Fig 2-13 and Fig 2-14 represent both

mechanisms that are used in HSDPA and HSUPA Identical retransmis-

sion is called chase combining and non-identical retransmission with

a different puncturing scheme is called incremental redundancy The

scheduler in the base station can decide which retransmission scheme

will be used We do not wish to delve into the details of channel coding

theory to discuss which mechanism is the better one ndash chase combin-

ing or incremental redundancy We will only mention that both mech-

anisms have their advantages and thus their applications Chase com-

bining has the advantage that the systematic bits representing the orig-inal data input into the channel coder are contained in the transmit-

ted sequence after puncturing Thus chase combined transport blocks

are ldquoself-decodablerdquo If we consider a situation where the original trans-

port block is lost completely and only the retransmitted block is pres-

ent at the receiver there is a chance to decode the data properly Mean-

while incremental redundancy seems to add more redundancy when

retransmitting but in a scenario where the first transmission contain-ing the systematic bits is lost completely and only the retransmission

is present the receiver will have no chance to decode the data without

having some of the systematic bits Accordingly incremental redun-

dancy is applied whenever sporadic bit errors occur due to a time vari-

ant channel and chase combining is selected whenever we have to deal

with complete transport block errors i e the time variance of the radio

link exhibits some bursted fading dips

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 15: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1530

HS-DSCH High speed downlink shared channel transport channel

43

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Chase combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Transmitted bit

Punctured bit

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-13 Chase combining principle

Turbo encoder output (36 bits)

Rate matching to 16 bits (puncturing)

Incremental redundancy combining at receiver

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Original transmission Retransmission

Systematic bits

Parity 1

Parity 2

Systematic bitsParity 1

Parity 2

Fig 2-14 Incremental redundancy

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 16: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1630

44

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

223 Constellation rearrangement

Due to the fact that HSDPA introduces a higher-order modulationscheme (16QAM) we can recognize some effects due to the physi-

cal layer influencing the susceptibility to noisy RF conditions One of

these effects can be explained by looking at the constellation diagram

in the 16QAM modulation scheme see section 12 page 10 As we

recall there is a total of 16 different constellation points given by the

modulation vector and represented by its phase and amplitude Con-

sidering the Euclidean distance which is the distance in this constella-

tion diagram between two neighboring points we can clearly see that

some points have more neighbors than others Especially the four con-

stellation points at the very four corners only have three direct neigh-

bors making them less susceptible to misdetection due to noise shift-

ing them in a certain direction On the other hand the four constella-

tion points representing the inner square of the constellation have eight

direct neighbors each and are therefore more likely to be incorrectly

detected The idea of constellation rearrangement is now to change themapping scheme applied in the original transmission when retrans-

mitting As we know the receiver will soft combine the retransmit-

ted data with the previously received information so we can achieve a

certain incremented redundancy and a certain protection mechanism

Note however that considering a sole transmission of a transport block

using a certain constellation arrangement will not show any more pos-

itive or negative results compared to other constellation arrangementsThe redundancy gain is only achieved by rearranging the constellation

mapping in a retransmitted transport block and performing soft com-

bining at the receiver Overall HSDPA defines four constellation rear-

rangement schemes which are indicated in the redundancy version

field of the HS-SCCH and are represented by the ldquobrdquo bit field ranging

from b = 0 to b = 3 All four constellation schemes are Gray encoded

ie the directly adjacent constellation symbols do not exhibit four com-

pletely different bits in order to reduce the impact of misdetection onbit errors

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 17: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

45

Q

I

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1) (1 1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 0

Q

I

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(ndash1 1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

b = 2

Q

I

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (1ndash1 1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1 1) (1 1ndash1 1) (1 1 1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1)

(ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1ndash1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1)

(ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1)(ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1ndash1ndash1)

b = 1

Q

I

(1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1ndash1 1) (ndash1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1 1) (ndash1ndash1 1 1) (1ndash1 1 1)

(1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1ndash1 1ndash1) (1ndash1 1ndash1)

(1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1ndash1ndash1) (ndash1 1 1ndash1) (1 1 1ndash1)

b = 3

Fig 2-15 Constellation rearrangement in HSDPA

23 High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

The HS-SCCH sends scheduling information to the UEs As seen before

the HS-PDSCH has a very flexible configuration for physical parame-

ters such as the coding rate number of code channels or retransmis-sions This high flexibility increases the complexity and engenders the

need for additional signaling information transferred on the HS-SCCH

Reception of user data in HSDPA is always a two-step procedure

First the receiver has to capture the scheduling control information

and afterwards based on the received control information it may start

demodulating and decoding the HS-PDSCH containing the user data

This two-step procedure is shown in Fig 2-16 below which lists what

kind of control information is sent to the UEs via the HS-SCCH Asshown in Fig 2-2 page 28 which describes the overall HSDPA chan-

nel structure there can be up to four HS-SCCHs assigned to one UE

But only one HS-SCCH would contain the scheduling information for

this UE within one TTI Thus the network can assign resources simul-

taneously to various UEs in the downlink direction

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 18: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1830

46

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

I would like to receive databut I dont know where myHS-PDSCH resources areand what they look like

HS-SCCH

Read the 1st HS-SCCH slotfor HS-DSCH channelizationcodes UE identity and

modulation scheme

Then the 2nd and 3rd HS-SCCHslots provide transport block sizeinformation hybrid ARQ process in-formation redundancy constellationversion new data indicator

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-16 HS-SCCH control channel usage

Regarding the physical layer parameters we see in Fig 2-17 that the

HS-SCCH uses a channelization code with a spreading factor of 128

and it also uses the newly introduced transmit time interval of one sub-

frame which is equal to 2 ms It should be mentioned that the spread-ing factor of 128 requires double the capacity compared to similar con-

trol channels in WCDMA Release 99 reflecting the signaling overhead

needed to guarantee the huge flexibility introduced with HSDPA Addi-

tionally Fig 2-16 shows that the control information is sent consecu-

tively within one subframe The first slot within this subframe contains

the control information UE identity channelization code information

and modulation scheme identifier Slots 2 and 3 of the subframe con-tain the remaining control information Transport block size HARQ

process identifier redundancy version and new data indicator Conse-

quently the UE can self-decode slot 1 alone and slots 2 and 3 in a sec-

ond step even if they represent one logical unit This raw control infor-

mation is of course also channel coded using a turbo and on the phys-

ical layer the quantity of bits after the rate matching step is 40 bits con-

veyed in one slot corresponding to 666 micros [TS 25212 Ref 21] see also

Fig 2-28 page 56

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 19: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 1930

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

47

The HS-SCCH is a fixed rate (60 kbps SF = 128) downlinkphysical channel used to carry downlink signaling related toHS-DSCH transmission

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Tslot

= 2560 chips

Data = 40 bits

1 subframe = 2 ms

Fig 2-17 Structure of High speed shared control channel HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

We would like to return now to the time consecutive transmission of

control information There is a difference in the control information

in terms of its priority Some information is needed at the UE end

very urgently while other control information does not have such a

high priority But why This will be explained by looking at some tim-ing aspects defined for HSDPA If we consider the timing between

the shared data channel HS-PDSCH and the shared control chan-

nel HS-SCCH as shown in Fig 2-18 we see that the HS-PDSCH fol-

lows the HS-SCCH by exactly two slots or 5120 chips The HS-SCCH

is completely time-aligned with the general control channels CPICH

and P-CCPCH of the NodeB This is mandatory because it is a shared

channel Consider several UEs with different distances to the NodeBwanting to receive the HS-SCCH channel Thus it must have constant

timing that is known a priori The shared data channel HS-PDSCH is

now transmitted exactly 5120 chips after the first chip of the HS-SCCH

This leads to an overlapping slot thereby requiring multitasking recep-

tion at the UE end While the UE is still receiving the last slot of an

ongoing HS-SCCH subframe it may already start the reception of an

HS-PDSCH transport block The first slot in the HS-SCCH subframe

now contains information required by the physical layer to performdespreading and demodulation These values are the UE identity indi-

cating whether the UE will start demodulation of the HS-PDSCH or

not in case it is not scheduled the modulation scheme information

since the UE has to know how to interpret the received constellation

vector and whether it has to be considered as a QPSK or 16QAM con-

stellation point and finally the UE has to know which channelization

codes it has to apply to capture the HS-PDSCH transport block The

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 20: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2030

48

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

overall UE reaction time when being scheduled is now seen as 1 slot

or 2560 chips This tough requirement for the UEs is due to the objec-

tive to obtain overall a much shorter latency than legacy standards Theadditional control information such as the new data indicator redun-

dancy version and transport block size is not that urgent since it is

needed after demodulation but before channel decoding So first the

UE will sample the whole three slots of the HS-PDSCH and demodu-

late them into a bit stream which is finally handed over to the channel

decoder This principle is known as post-processing and is used typi-

cally in mobile communications technologies

J Start of HS-SCCH subframe 0 is aligned with startof P-CCPCH frames

J The HS-PDSCH starts

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

after the start of the HS-SCCH

UE identity etc

processing timeof receiver

HS-DSCH subframe

3 times Tslot= 7680 chips

3 times Tslot

= 7680 chips

τ HS-PDSCH

(2times Tslot

= 5120 chips)

HS-SCCH

HS-PDSCH

Fig 2-18 Timing relation between HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Content of the HS-SCCH control channelThe control information contained in the HS-SCCH control chan-

nel has already been mentioned so we will now consider the values

in more detail We will begin with an overview of what kind of control

information is contained in the HS-SCCH channel before proceeding

with further details about the single control elements The following

control information is present in the HS-SCCH [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelization code set information (7 bits)

Modulation scheme information (1 bit) Transport block size information (6 bits)

Hybrid ARQ process information (3 bits)

Redundancy and constellation version (3 bits)

New data indicator (1 bit)

UE identity (16 bits) = H-RNTI

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 21: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2130

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

49

Some of these parameters are more or less self-explanatory while oth-

ers require additional background information and closer examination

Modulation scheme information 1 bit

This single bit is used to inform the receiver whether the modulation

scheme QPSK or 16QAM is applied on the data channel HS-PDSCH

The interpretation of the bit x ms1 is as follows

ms1

x

if QPSK

otherwise

0

1

=

New data indicator 1 bit

The new data indicator bit field informs the receiving entity that the

prevailing PDU transmitted by the current HARQ process is either a

retransmission or contains new data This is done by setting the new

data bit to the value 0 for the first PDU on this particular HARQ process

and incrementing the value by 1 with every new data sent [TS 25321Ref 30] This leads to a toggled value In case the new data bit is not

incremented ie if it remains at its previous value it is an indicator for

retransmission

1st PDU of this

HARQ process

NDI = New data indicator

NDI = 0 NDI = 1

NACK

NDI = 1

ACK

NDI = 0

HS-SCCH HS-SCCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH

ACK

Fig 2-19 New data indicator bit principle of incrementing value

Channelization code set information 7 bits

This field is used to indicate the number of channelization codes usedfor transmitting the transport block on the HS-PDSCH As was already

described the spreading factor applied on the HS-PDSCH is constant

with a value of 16 but the flexible values are the number of channeliza-

tion codes forming a cluster when using multiple codes and their posi-

tion in the code tree It is not allowed to distribute the code channels

over the code tree diagram For the sake of simplicity in signaling sev-

eral channelization codes form one cluster and these codes are con-

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 22: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2230

50

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

tiguous in the channelization code tree [TS 25213 Ref 22] Fig 2-20

illustrates the principle of indicating the channelization codes on the

HS-SCCH

SF = 16

Code ldquo0rdquo isreserved forcommonchannels

Code offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15P = 5O = 7

Code group indicatorx

ccs1 x

ccs2 x

ccs3 = min (Pminus 1 15 minusP)

Code offset indicatorx

ccs4 x

ccs5 x

ccs6 x

ccs7 = |Ominus 1minus P8 times15|

A cluster of codes

can be allocated to a UEC

ch16Ohellip C

ch16O + P minus 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 13 13 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 (115)

1 (214)

2 (313)

3 (412)

4 (511)

5 (610)

6 (79)

7 (88) Redundant area

C l u s t e r c o d e i n d i c a t o r ( 3 b i t s )

Tree offset indicator (4 bits)

Signaled on HS-SCCH

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PO

Decoding notation

Number ofmulti-codes

Offset fromleft right incode tree (SF = 16)

Fig 2-20 Channelization code set indicating the HS-PDSCH code cluster

The idea behind the code indication is a matrix with the rows repre-

senting the number of codes per cluster and the columns represent-

ing the position of that cluster the offset value in the code tree Recall-

ing that the maximum number of channelization codes per clusteris 15 and if the cluster size is 1 the offset values can also range from

1 to 15 the resulting matrix would have 15 rows and 15 columns Since

we know that four bits are needed to represent an integer from 1 to 15

we need a total of 4 + 4 = 8 bits for representation of the channeliza-

tion code set information It is a smart idea to save one bit The 15 times 15

matrix would contain much redundant information By way of analogy

like in a road map indicating distances between cities A table showing

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 23: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2330

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

51

the distance from city A to city B the opposite distance from city B to

city A is redundant information The useful information has the form

of a triangle The idea is to cut the lower part rotate it and append itto the spare part of the upper table In this manner a table is obtained

with 7 rows and 15 columns and it is possible to indicate each position

in it with just 7 bits

1 5 r o w s 7

r o w s

Matrix reduction for channeli-

zation code set information

15 columns

Fig 2-21 Matrix size reduction for channelization code set information

The content of the channelization code set matrix can be described as

a value with two numbers The upper number is the number of mul-

ticodes forming one cluster and the lower number is the offset in the

channelization code tree Accordingly the example in Fig 2-20 can be

interpreted to mean the HS-SCCH sends the bits as row number 4 and

column number 6 in the matrix The content of this element are the

values 5 over 7 which have to be interpreted as a cluster size of 5 codesand an offset of 7

Transport block size information 6 bits

With a length of six bits the transport block size (TBS) informa-

tion informs the receiving UE entity about the data block size of the

transport block sent on the HS-PDSCH We should keep in mind the

link adaptation performed with the adaptive modulation and coding

scheme that was described in section 12 page 10 The ratio errorcorrection and user data are flexible while the physical layer param-

eters such as the spreading factor modulation scheme and number of

channelization codes determine the physical block size This physical

block consists of the user data ratio or transport block size and the for-

ward error correction or redundancy information As this ratio is flex-

ible the HS-SCCH will inform the receiving UE entity about the size

of the transport block Here too there is a strategy of bit reduction the

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 24: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2430

52

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

goal is to inform the receiver with as few bits as possible A non-effi-

cient approach would involve conversion of the decimal number repre-

senting the TBS into a binary sequence but the number of bits neededwould exceed the space available on the HS-SCCH Imagine that the

range of transport block sizes depends on the physical layer condi-

tions The ambient physical layer parameters modulation scheme and

number of channelization codes set a certain working point where the

remaining flexibility for a different TBS configuration can be obtained

by more or less puncturing resulting in a flexible ratio between for-

ward error correction and user data This will lead to a two-step proce-

dure when evaluating the transport block size First the receiver exam-

ines the information modulation scheme and number of channeliza-

tion codes scheduled via HS-SCCH which indicate the value k0 l as

shown in Fig 2-22 The 6-bit HS-SCCH control parameter transport

block size information will be the transport format resource indica-

tor (TFRI) named ki Let k t be the sum of the two values kt = ki + k0i

Both values kt and k0 i can be obtained from tables given by [TS 25321

Ref 30] The range for the TFRI is from 1 to 256 and the derived trans-port block size ranges from 137 bits to 27 952 bits The first table indi-

cates the value k 0 i based on the channelization code and the modula-

tion scheme

Combination i Modulation scheme Number of channelization codes k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 633 4 79

4 5 92

5 6 102

Fig 2-22 Extract from TS 25321 table representing k0 i

The second table indicates the final transport block size based on kt

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

4 173 89 1456 174 6673

5 185 90 1483 175 6793

6 197 91 1509 176 6916

7 209 92 1537 177 7041

Fig 2-23 Extract from TS 25321 table representing kt

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 25: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2530

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

53

J The transport block size used on HS-DSCH is not signaled explicitly on HS-SCCHJ Instead a transport block size index k

i is signaled to indicate the transport block size

First stepModulation scheme andnumber of channelizationcodes as signaled on HS-SCCHdetermine value k

0 i

Second step

Index kt = k

i + k

0i

determines HS-DSCH

transport block size

kt = k

i + k

0i

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 extract from QPSK section

Table according to 3GPP TS 25321 254 entries in total

Combination i Modulation

scheme

Number of

channelization codes

k0 i

0

QPSK

1 1

1 2 40

2 3 63

3 4 79

4 hellip hellip

Index TB size Index TB size Index TB size

1 137 86 1380 171 6324

2 149 87 1405 172 6438

3 161 88 1430 173 6554

helliphellip hellip hellip hellip hellip

Fig 2-24 Retrieval of transport block size information

Source Fig 2-22 to Fig 2-24 [TS 25321 Ref 30] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Hybrid ARQ process information 3 bits

The concept behind the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) was

introduced in section 13 page 14 One feature is the possibility of

multitasking ie having several HARQ processes activated at the same

time Fig 2-25 below shows the need to signal the process identity tothe receiver Remember that on the downlink there is a shared chan-

nel concept so the NodeB can flexibly decide which UE will be sched-

uled with a downlink transport block Up to eight HARQ processes

can be signaled via higher layers to one UE Note however that due to

the round-trip timing six HARQ processes must be active to achieve

the maximum throughput as shown in Fig 2-51 page 79 Compared

with HSUPA the HARQ processes on the downlink are asynchronous

so they have to be indicated but on the uplink they are synchronous sothey do not need to be signaled explicitly

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 26: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2630

54

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

Asynchronous DL minus Synchronous ULNumber of H-ARQ rocesses = 1 to 8 er UE

UL HS-DPCCH UE1

UE1 HARQ processes 1 to 4

3 4 1 42 11 1 32retrans

2

A N A A

A A

N A

UL HS-DPCCH UE2

HS-PDSCH

UE2 HARQ processes 1 to 2

Fig 2-25 HARQ process indication on HS-SCCH

Fig 2-25 shows a typical situation on the downlink (point-to-multi-

point) The NodeB sends data to several UEs sharing the HS-PDSCH

so therefore the HARQ process is asynchronous The time when a

transport block is retransmitted is not fixed For this reason the pro-

cess identifier is signaled on the HS-SCCH Based on the HARQ pro-

cess identity and the new data indicator bit the receiving entity knows

which part of the soft buffer memory has to be used in case of soft com-bining On the uplink the situation is slightly simpler The UE only

communicates with one NodeB so it is a point-to-point connection

Thus retransmission always occurs at a fixed time linked to the origi-

nal transmission

Redundancy and constellation version 3 bits

Adaptive modulation and coding involve flexible selection of modula-tion and coding schemes that are signaled to the receiving UE via the

parameters transport block size and modulation scheme information

Another concept used in HSDPA was previously discussed Chase com-

bining or incremental redundancy (see section 222 page 41) This

means that in case of retransmission the transmit entity can dynami-

cally select another puncturing scheme or keep the puncturing as it was

in the original transmission The applied puncturing scheme is signaled

as redundancy information to the receiver Additionally in case of the16QAM modulation scheme the transmitter can select another constel-

lation arrangement which is also signaled to the UE with the three bits

for the redundancy and constellation version see Fig 2-15 page 45

Depending on the modulation scheme (QPSK or 16QAM) there are

two different tables indicating the parameters ldquosrdquo ldquorrdquo and ldquobrdquo The

parameters ldquosrdquo and ldquorrdquo indicate which scheme is used for puncturing

ie if the puncturing mechanism prioritizes the systematic bits or not

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 27: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2730

High speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH)

55

and which puncturing algorithm is used The parameter ldquobrdquo indicates

the constellation mapping version The receiver needs this information

to perform proper demodulation and decoding

Initial transmission

1st retransmission

2nd retransmission

3rd retransmission

r

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

xrv

(value)

s

0 1

1 0

2 1

3 0

4 1

5 0

6 1

7 0 3

s = 1 Systematic bits are prioritizeds = 0 Non-systematic bits are prioritized

r (range 0 to 3 for QPSK) influencesJ Input parameter for puncturing or (together with s) for repetition algorithm defined in TS 25212J Selection of parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egndash 0 2 5 6 One initial transmission + 3 retransmissions with different r and s parameters

Fig 2-26 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r and s QPSK case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Initial transmission

2nd retransmission

1st retransmission

3rd retransmission

r (range 0 to 1 for 16QAM)influences input parameterfor puncturing or (togetherwith s) for repetitionalgorithm defined in

TS 25212 and thus selectionof parity bits

Redundancy version coding sequences are signaled on HS-SCCH egminus 6 4 0 5 Chase combining (no change in s and r parameters ie same redundancyversion) with four possible constellations

x rv (value) s r b

0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 1 1 1

3 0 1 1

4 1 0 1

5 1 0 2

6 1 0 3

7 1 1 0

Definition of parameter s as for QPSK

b (range 0 to 3) describes constellationrearrangement to averagereliability of bits

Fig 2-27 Signaling of redundancy version parameters r s and b 16QAM case

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

UE identity H-RNTI 16 bits

The HSDPA radio network transaction identifier (H-RNTI) unam-

biguously identifies the UE having an HS-PDSCH assignment within

a cell It is allocated to the UE via layer 3 signaling procedures at the

radio bearer setup if the radio bearer is an HSDPA connection This

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 28: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2830

56

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

value represents a temporary name of the UE used to address it when

scheduling data packets via HS-SCCH

HS-SCCH channel coding

The control information contained in the HS-SCCH is of course pro-

tected with channel coding mechanisms the whole coding chain is

described in Fig 2-28 Fig 2-18 page 48 presents the separation of

the control information into two code blocks which are sent consec-

utively mapped on slot 1 and slot 2 + 3 of one HS-SCCH subframe

This principle is also visible in the coding chain The first control block

consisting of channelization information modulation scheme and UE

identity is coded separately from the remaining control values to enable

the UE receiver to decode this first slot separately and prepare for pos-

sible HS-PDSCH reception The coding steps shown in Fig 2-28 such

as rate matching 1 and 2 are similar to the HS-PDSCH coding chain

and are further described in [TS 25212 Ref 21]

Channelcoding 1

R atematching 1

mux

Channelcoding 2

Ratematching 2

RVcoding

UE-specificCRC attachment

UE-specificmasking

Physical channelmapping

r s b

mux

Channelizationcode set

Modulationscheme

Transport block size information

HARQ processinformation

Redundancy andconstellation version

New data indicator

UE identity

UE identity

Fig 2-28 Channel coding for HS-SCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 29: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 2930

High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

57

24 High speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH)

In an active HSDPA connection the UE has to send acknowledgment ornon-acknowledgment reports (as described in section 13 page 14

where the HARQ process is described) as well as channel status infor-

mation to the network The reporting is performed on this physical

control channel HS-DPCCH

As ubiquitous in HSDPA the uplink is also configured into a subframe

structure of 2 ms corresponding to three slots The first slot of the sub-

frame carries the ACK NACK information the UE sends to the NodeB

while the following two slots ie slot 2 and 3 of the subframe convey

the CQI value the channel quality information to the NodeB

Subframe 0 Subframe i Subframe 4

Tslot

= 2560 chips J The spreading factor of theHS-DPCCH is 256 (10 bits peruplink slot)

J The HS-DPCCH can only existtogether with an UL DPCCH

(ded phys control channel)J The DPDCH (dedicated physical data channel) the DPCCH andthe HS-DPCCH are IQ codemultiplexed

HARQ-ACK CQI = Channel quality information

2 times Tslot

= 5120 chips

One radio frame Tf = 10 ms

One HS-DPCCH subframe 2 ms

Fig 2-29 HS-DPCCH configuration

Source [TS 25211 Ref 20] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

The slot format for HS-DPCCH describes a quantity of 30 bits per sub-frame resulting in a data rate of 15 kbps The spreading factor used for

the HS-DPCCH is constant and is always equal to 256 but the chan-

nelization code that is used as well as the mapping on either the I or

Q axis depends on several factors eg the co-existence of an HSDPA

connection with a circuit-switched connection meaning whether a

DPDCH established or not Fig 2-36 page 64 illustrates this IQ

mapping and Fig 2-35 page 63 shows the channelization code used

for HS-DPCCH

The HS-DPCCH builds a logical unit of one subframe but having the

independent control information HARQ-ACK and CQI included which

could be separately decoded at the NodeB Note that the slot carrying

the ACK NACK statement is active only when the UE has been sched-

uled by an HS-PDSCH subframe in the corresponding downlink sub-

frame previously Assuming the UE has not received a transport block

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP

Page 30: hspa_e_lp

8122019 hspa_e_lp

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhspaelp 3030

HSDPA operation overview and physical channels

in the corresponding previous HS-PDSCH subframes (this means

75 slots before the HS-DPCCH starts see section 26 page 71) it

will send discontinuous transmission (DTX) instead of ACK NACKinformation Similarly the transmission of the CQI value is not per-

manent as a result furthermore the CQI transmission depends on the

parameter CQI feedback cycle and is indicated by higher protocol lay-

ers at the radio bearer setup Thus it is also possible for the CQI to be

disabled in the contemplated HS-DPCCH subframe We understand

there are several possibilities for the HS-DPCCH configuration in one

subframe This is described in section 41 page 113 which presents

HS-DPCCH logging One consequence of this is that the TX power

used for sending the HS-DPCCH might not be constant Additional

analysis of this topic can be found in section 43 page 118 which

describes the code domain power vs time Fig 4-12 page 113 shows

there are four possibilities for how the HS-DPCCH can appear depend-

ing on the circumstances

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI

The first slot contains ACK NACK and slots 2 and 3 contain DTX The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 3 contain CQI information

The first slot contains DTX and slots 2 and 4 contain DTX

Because one HS-DPCCH subframe forms one logical unit but consists

of two separate signaling parameters the channel coding chain is inde-

pendent for both values ie the decoding can be performed indepen-

dently for slot 1 containing ACK NACK statements and slot 2 and 3containing the CQI feedback Reception of these two control values

ACK NACK and CQI is thus non-correlated

Physical channelmapping

Channel codingChannel coding

PhCH

HARQ-ACK CQI

PhCH

Physical channelmapping

Fig 2-30 Coding chain for HS-DPCCH

Source [TS 25212 Ref 21] reproduced by permission of 3GPP